(3261,2,'2016-08-13 11:40:58','2016-08-13 18:40:58','If you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the drawing materials you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the materials that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right materials of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing materials you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the drawing materials mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3276 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"448\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3277 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 02\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3281 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 06\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials mechanical pencil and lead refills\" width=\"600\" height=\"165\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 10\" width=\"600\" height=\"293\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Materials: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3285\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials tortillions and blending stump\" width=\"600\" height=\"226\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThese materials ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. They will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3278\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"508\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3278\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3279\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"270\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3279\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /></a> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending/smudging of the hair\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3280\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\" alt=\"3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge\" width=\"600\" height=\"549\" /></a> 3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing materials at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3275\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3275\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\" alt=\"A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.\" width=\"600\" height=\"458\" /></a> A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3283\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 11\" width=\"600\" height=\"388\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3273\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials blu tack\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3286\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3286\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The Real Photo\" width=\"600\" height=\"492\" /></a> The real photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3274\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3274\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The drawn photo piece\" width=\"600\" height=\"431\" /></a> The drawn photo piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what drawing materials or techniques you use.','Drawing Materials for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-autosave-v1','','','2016-08-13 11:40:58','2016-08-13 18:40:58','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3263,2,'2016-08-07 06:01:06','2016-08-07 13:01:06','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need. Oh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<strong>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical &amp; Paper</strong>\r\n\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\nDrawing pencils go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.*****\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H. There is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The mechanical pencil usually has HB or 2B lead available. It should be known that it’s mostly used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the above picture. The last thing I want to cover in this paragraph is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and Strathmore Bristol paper.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, &amp; Tissue</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get the realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the above pictures. Stumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one they want to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is God-sent to me. I accidently found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it. When using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Erasers and Blu Tack</strong>\r\n\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal. Your basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, pink pearl erasers and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted by an adjustable nob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well. There are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally used these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below:\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue. On that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference. If you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapess in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n\r\n<strong>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative &amp; Drawing Board</strong>\r\n\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush, namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidently spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away. When you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</strong>\r\n\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? Have you ever thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learn here; majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. These are templates with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, they serve as straight edge templates\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, &amp; Acetate Report Covers</strong>\r\n\r\nOk so as I stated in a previous article, I run the risk of a mob of angry artist burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted, but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and still make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw the basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them. Anywho, about the other three: I’ve already done an article of them so please refer to the “If You Refuse to Use a Light Box” article. But in brief, using the three entities will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Isn’t that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Reference Photos</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2818\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" /> The Drawn Photo Piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing will talk about briefly is reference photos. As you can see in the above picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has model for some of my paintings (Angel Eyes, Expecting) before. It’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-07 06:01:06','2016-08-07 13:01:06','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3262,2,'2016-08-06 18:08:19','2016-08-07 01:08:19','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need. Oh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical &amp; Paper</strong>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\nOk so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the above basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing. Drawing pencils go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H. There is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The mechanical pencil usually has HB or 2B lead available. It should be known that it’s mostly used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the above picture. The last thing I want to cover in this paragraph is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and Strathmore Bristol paper.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, &amp; Tissue</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get the realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the above pictures. Stumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one they want to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is God-sent to me. I accidently found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it. When using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Erasers and Blu Tack</strong>\r\n\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal. Your basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, pink pearl erasers and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted by an adjustable nob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well. There are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally used these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below:\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue. On that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference. If you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapess in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n\r\n<strong>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative &amp; Drawing Board</strong>\r\n\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush, namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidently spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away. When you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</strong>\r\n\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? Have you ever thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learn here; majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. These are templates with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, they serve as straight edge templates\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, &amp; Acetate Report Covers</strong>\r\n\r\nOk so as I stated in a previous article, I run the risk of a mob of angry artist burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted, but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and still make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw the basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them. Anywho, about the other three: I’ve already done an article of them so please refer to the “If You Refuse to Use a Light Box” article. But in brief, using the three entities will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Isn’t that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Reference Photos</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2818\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" /> The Drawn Photo Piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing will talk about briefly is reference photos. As you can see in the above picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has model for some of my paintings (Angel Eyes, Expecting) before. It’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-06 18:08:19','2016-08-07 01:08:19','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3264,2,'2016-08-08 17:02:45','2016-08-09 00:02:45','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\nDrawing pencils go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The mechanical pencil usually has HB or 2B lead available. It should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and Strathmore Bristol paper.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\nThere are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.*****\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue. On that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference. If you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapess in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n\r\n<strong>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative &amp; Drawing Board</strong>\r\n\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush, namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidently spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away. When you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</strong>\r\n\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? Have you ever thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learn here; majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. These are templates with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, they serve as straight edge templates\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, &amp; Acetate Report Covers</strong>\r\n\r\nOk so as I stated in a previous article, I run the risk of a mob of angry artist burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted, but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and still make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw the basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them. Anywho, about the other three: I’ve already done an article of them so please refer to the “If You Refuse to Use a Light Box” article. But in brief, using the three entities will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Isn’t that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Reference Photos</strong>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2818\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" /> The Drawn Photo Piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing will talk about briefly is reference photos. As you can see in the above picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has model for some of my paintings (Angel Eyes, Expecting) before. It’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced (dreamstime pics???)','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-08 17:02:45','2016-08-09 00:02:45','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3266,2,'2016-08-09 05:03:13','2016-08-09 12:03:13','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\nDrawing pencils go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The mechanical pencil usually has HB or 2B lead available. It should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and Strathmore Bristol paper.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\nThere are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are tools with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-09 05:03:13','2016-08-09 12:03:13','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3267,2,'2016-08-09 07:00:31','2016-08-09 14:00:31','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the tools mentioned. This website will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available. It should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the stumps are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the tortillions are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a Tomb Raider pencil piece. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\nThere are also pencil erasers; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the kneaded eraser. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a horsehair brush. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a workable fixative, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are tools with pre-made circles and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-09 07:00:31','2016-08-09 14:00:31','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3269,2,'2016-08-11 19:46:15','2016-08-12 02:46:15','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the tools mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available. It should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\nThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-11 19:46:15','2016-08-12 02:46:15','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3271,2,'2016-08-12 05:00:23','2016-08-12 12:00:23','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the tools mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n*pic*\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n*picThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-12 05:00:23','2016-08-12 12:00:23','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3270,2,'2016-08-11 20:19:00','2016-08-12 03:19:00','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing/painting a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the tools mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n*pic*\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n*picThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Art Tools for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-11 20:19:00','2016-08-12 03:19:00','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3272,2,'2016-08-12 05:06:20','2016-08-12 12:06:20','I’m starting this article with absolutely nothing in mind. I mean I’m at a loss for words; I don’t know what to say and how to lead or guide you into this subject. I guess I should say that if you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the tools you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the tools that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right tools of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing tools you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the tools mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2820 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0001-2-300x224.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"224\" />\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-2821\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0002-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2825 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n*pic*\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2829 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0010-2-300x146.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0010\" width=\"300\" height=\"146\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Tools: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n*picThese tools ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. These tools will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2822\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2822 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0003-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2823\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"270\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2823 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0004-2.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2824\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2824 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0005-2-300x274.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"274\" /> 3h Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2825\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2825 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0006-2-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing tools at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2830 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Scan0011-2-300x194.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0011\" width=\"300\" height=\"194\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n*pic\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2819\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2819 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0341-300x246.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0341\" width=\"300\" height=\"246\" /> The Real Photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-2818 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/IMG_0203-300x215.jpg\" alt=\"IMG_0203\" width=\"300\" height=\"215\" />\r\n\r\nThe Drawn Photo Piece\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what tools or techniques you use.','Drawing Materials for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-12 05:06:20','2016-08-12 12:06:20','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3273,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:16','2016-08-13 17:35:16','','drawing materials blu tack','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-blu-tack','','','2016-08-13 10:35:16','2016-08-13 17:35:16','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3274,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:18','2016-08-13 17:35:18','','','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-drawn-photo','','','2017-10-08 20:22:50','2017-10-09 03:22:50','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3275,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:19','2016-08-13 17:35:19','','drawing materials erasers','A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-erasers','','','2016-08-13 10:56:11','2016-08-13 17:56:11','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3276,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:21','2016-08-13 17:35:21','','drawing materials example 01','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-01','','','2016-08-13 10:35:21','2016-08-13 17:35:21','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3277,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:23','2016-08-13 17:35:23','','drawing materials example 02','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-02','','','2016-08-13 10:35:23','2016-08-13 17:35:23','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3278,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:24','2016-08-13 17:35:24','','drawing materials example 03','Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-03','','','2016-08-13 10:46:04','2016-08-13 17:46:04','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3279,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:26','2016-08-13 17:35:26','','drawing materials example 04','Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-04','','','2016-08-13 10:46:50','2016-08-13 17:46:50','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3280,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:27','2016-08-13 17:35:27','','drawing materials example 05','3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-05','','','2016-08-13 10:49:22','2016-08-13 17:49:22','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3281,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:29','2016-08-13 17:35:29','','drawing materials example 06','Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-06','','','2016-08-13 10:50:11','2016-08-13 17:50:11','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3282,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:31','2016-08-13 17:35:31','','drawing materials example 10','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-10','','','2016-08-13 10:35:31','2016-08-13 17:35:31','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3283,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:33','2016-08-13 17:35:33','','drawing materials example 11','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-example-11','','','2016-08-13 10:35:33','2016-08-13 17:35:33','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3284,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:34','2016-08-13 17:35:34','','drawing materials mechanical pencil and lead refills','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills','','','2016-08-13 10:35:34','2016-08-13 17:35:34','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3285,2,'2016-08-13 10:35:36','2016-08-13 17:35:36','','drawing materials tortillions and blending stump','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump','','','2016-08-13 10:35:36','2016-08-13 17:35:36','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3286,2,'2016-08-13 10:37:31','2016-08-13 17:37:31','','drawing materials reference photo','The Real Photo','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-reference-photo','','','2016-08-13 10:59:45','2016-08-13 17:59:45','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3287,2,'2016-08-13 11:27:00','2016-08-13 18:27:00','','drawing materials featured image','','inherit','open','closed','','drawing-materials-featured-image','','','2016-08-13 11:27:00','2016-08-13 18:27:00','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-featured-image.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3288,2,'2016-08-13 11:31:29','2016-08-13 18:31:29','If you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the drawing materials you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the materials that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right materials of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing materials you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the drawing materials mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3276 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"448\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-3277\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 02\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /></a><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06-300x232.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 06\" width=\"300\" height=\"232\" /></a>\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials mechanical pencil and lead refills\" width=\"600\" height=\"165\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 10\" width=\"600\" height=\"293\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Materials: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3285\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials tortillions and blending stump\" width=\"600\" height=\"226\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThese materials ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. They will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3278\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"508\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3278\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3279\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"270\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3279\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /></a> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending/smudging of the hair\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3280\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\" alt=\"3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge\" width=\"600\" height=\"549\" /></a> 3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing materials at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3275\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3275\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\" alt=\"A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.\" width=\"600\" height=\"458\" /></a> A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.[/caption]\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3283\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 11\" width=\"600\" height=\"388\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3273\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials blu tack\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3286\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3286\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The Real Photo\" width=\"600\" height=\"492\" /></a> The real photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3274\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3274\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The drawn photo piece\" width=\"600\" height=\"431\" /></a> The drawn photo piece[/caption]\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what drawing materials or techniques you use.','Drawing Materials for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 11:31:29','2016-08-13 18:31:29','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3289,2,'2016-08-13 11:37:10','2016-08-13 18:37:10','If you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the drawing materials you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the materials that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right materials of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing materials you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the drawing materials mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3276 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"448\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3277 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 02\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3281 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 06\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a>\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials mechanical pencil and lead refills\" width=\"600\" height=\"165\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 10\" width=\"600\" height=\"293\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Materials: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3285\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials tortillions and blending stump\" width=\"600\" height=\"226\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThese materials ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. They will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3278\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"508\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3278\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3279\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"270\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3279\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /></a> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending/smudging of the hair\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3280\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\" alt=\"3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge\" width=\"600\" height=\"549\" /></a> 3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing materials at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3275\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3275\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\" alt=\"A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.\" width=\"600\" height=\"458\" /></a> A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3283\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 11\" width=\"600\" height=\"388\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3273\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials blu tack\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3286\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3286\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The Real Photo\" width=\"600\" height=\"492\" /></a> The real photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3274\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3274\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The drawn photo piece\" width=\"600\" height=\"431\" /></a> The drawn photo piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what drawing materials or techniques you use.','Drawing Materials for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 11:37:10','2016-08-13 18:37:10','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3290,2,'2016-08-13 11:40:50','2016-08-13 18:40:50','If you are interested in being an artist or at least making drawing a major hobby in your life, then you will need to have extended knowledge over the drawing materials you will need.\r\n\r\nOh sure you’ll need the basic pencil, eraser, and something to draw on but there’s so much more to it. Notice how one artist can make things look so symmetrical and realistic and other artists will have art pieces that look amateurish. What’s the difference? A lot of people have told me they wish they knew how to draw. My response: the difference between you and me is my knowledge of the materials that are used in the art industry.\r\n\r\nJust like the chef in Ratatouille said \"Anyone can cook,\" I say to you, anyone can draw……with some practice and the right materials of course. I remember when I was in high school it was just the pencil and eraser and that was it. Now if you go into my studio I have an art desk, erasers, tortillions, pencils, and other knick knacks. So what are these knick knacks I’m talking about? Well these knick knacks are the things that will improve your artwork as well as help beginners start off in the right direction. This article is to discuss some old drawing materials you are familiar with, as well as get you familiar with some new tools and tricks.\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Note</strong>: This article contains affiliate links to some of the drawing materials mentioned. LetsDrawPeople.com will earn a tiny commission if you purchase through these links.</em>\r\n<h2>Pencils: Soft, Hard, Mechanical, and Paper</h2>\r\nOK so this is the basic of the basics here. No form of artwork can be done without some type of pencil marking. As you see in the below basic drawing, I used a 2B pencil to sketch out the drawing.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3276 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-01.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"448\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" />Drawing pencils</a> go from one range to the other – light to darker pencils. The respective names and ranges are: 9B to 9H. The pencils that are 9B to B are the “soft” or bold pencils. These are the dark pencils; they do not have much clay in them in contrast to their counterpart. The higher the number is, the darker the pencil mark is.\r\n\r\nWhen dark hair is called into the picture or pupils need to be filled, I usually use a 6B pencil or higher. When using 6B or darker pencils, please be careful when shading; the graphite can be easily spread and you may make an un-necessary mess while shading. Also, keep in mind that it will be just a tad bit harder to erase the darker pencil markings without leaving some residue.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3277 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-02.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 02\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-3281 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 06\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nMoving along, we have the H pencils or the hard pencils. These pencils contain clay in them to decrease the pencils’ dark markings. I sometimes use them when I want some light shading to the subject or if I need to utilize the carbon copy paper, I use the lightest pencil which is the 9H.\r\n\r\nThere is also the HB pencil – not too hard or not too dark. Usually it can also be found in the next pencil up for discussion: the mechanical pencil. The <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical pencil</a> usually has HB or <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-lead-refills/\">2B lead</a> available.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-mechanical-pencil-and-lead-refills.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials mechanical pencil and lead refills\" width=\"600\" height=\"165\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIt should be known that it’s often used for fine lines and detailing. Usually I use one when applying hair strands to the head as in the picture below.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-10.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 10\" width=\"600\" height=\"293\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe last thing I want to cover in this section is the kind of paper to use. I strictly use two types of paper material: Crescent illustration board and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/bristol-board-paper/\">Strathmore Bristol paper</a>.  The Crescent illustration boards are strictly used for customers and the Bristol paper for personal art use. The Bristol gives off a little bit of a shine that will make your artwork stand out some and makes your blending of the graphite/pencil more smoother, therefore giving the art piece a smoother finish.\r\n<h2>Blending Materials: Tortillion, Stumps, and Tissue</h2>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3285\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-tortillions-and-blending-stump.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials tortillions and blending stump\" width=\"600\" height=\"226\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThese materials ARE VERY NECESSARY if trying to get a realistic look. They will help with gradual blending and smoothing. Sometimes I draw with the tortillion when I want to add some shading to a small area, like adding some shade to the upper eyes or smearing of the lips or blending of the hair as in the pictures below.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3278\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"508\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3278\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-03.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid\" width=\"508\" height=\"393\" /></a> Tortillion shading applied to the upper eyes to mimic shading from the eyelid[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3279\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"270\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3279\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-04.jpg\" alt=\"Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading\" width=\"270\" height=\"220\" /></a> Tortillion smudging of the lips to illustrate shading[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending/smudging of the hair\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending/smudging of the hair[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStumps and tortillions have somewhat the same design, but the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/blending-stumps/\">stumps</a> are bigger and have both ends pointed off while the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/tortillions/\">tortillions</a> are paper that is wrapped around very tightly. There’s no preference in which one to use; it’s up to the artist in which one s/he wants to use and how big or small of an area that needs to be shaded.\r\n\r\nUsing the tissue is a Godsend to me. I accidentally found out about this technique doing a <a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/tombraiderart.html\" target=\"_blank\">Tomb Raider pencil piece</a>. I’ve heard of the technique but never had a chance to apply it; I was too faithful to the blending stump/tortillion shading. I thought it wouldn’t hurt to try and once applied, I immediately fell in love with it.\r\n\r\nWhen using the tissue, please keep in mind that it’s used for large blending areas like the hair, arms, legs, cheek, and forehead. This technique will allow the graphite to blend and fade into the paper, giving that smooth fade into the white or whatever the color of your drawing paper is.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3280\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-05.jpg\" alt=\"3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge\" width=\"600\" height=\"549\" /></a> 3H Graphite pencil shading applied before the tissue blend/smudge[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3281\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-06.jpg\" alt=\"Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading\" width=\"600\" height=\"464\" /></a> Tissue blending applied with a little bit of 3B pencil shading[/caption]\r\n<h2>Erasers and Blu Tack</h2>\r\nNo art piece can be done correctly the first time around without some form of erasing tool. When it comes to dealing with pencil, you should have an array of erasing materials at your disposal.\r\n\r\nYour basic erasers come in the form of regular white erasers, Pink Pearl erasers, and white stick erasers. The first two erasers mentioned are usually helpful in erasing large areas and lines. The stick erasers are long, white erasers within a blue, small tube whose length can be adjusted with an adjustable knob on the side. It can be used for big areas as well.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3275\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3275\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-erasers.jpg\" alt=\"A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.\" width=\"600\" height=\"458\" /></a> A pencil eraser, a white or pink eraser, and a kneaded eraser are just a few erasers that might come in handy while drawing.[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThere are also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/eraser-pencil-with-brush/\">pencil erasers</a>; these come in the form of regular looking pencils but instead of lead there are erasers within the pencil. I personally use these to add highlight strands to hair or to erase small markings in a drawing. You can see the example of me applying the pencil erasing technique to the hair in the example below.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3283\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-example-11.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials example 11\" width=\"600\" height=\"388\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother eraser that is absolutely required in this field is the <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/kneaded-eraser/\">kneaded eraser</a>. These erasers resemble modeling clay and you can shape them to adhere to the marking you want to get rid of. Also, these erasers can be used to “lift” markings of the pencil, leaving a lighter mark. I think these are excellent in creating clouds or some type of smoke leaving some faded residue.\r\n\r\nOn that subject, you can also use an item called Blu Tack. It’s a substitute for a kneaded eraser; it works the same way. I find myself using this more than the kneaded eraser. No particular reason, it’s just my personal preference.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3273\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-blu-tack.jpg\" alt=\"drawing materials blu tack\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIf you need to erase a small area that is surrounded by markings that you don’t want to accidently erase, no worries, use an eraser shield. These are like the dental floss of drawing – they’re inexpensive and precise. Usually they have several shapes in them cut out so that you can erase within the area. I don’t use it as often as I use to but I do have one waiting in the shadows just in case.\r\n<h2>Horsehair Brush, Workable Spray Fixative, and Drawing Board</h2>\r\nOK so instead of erasing a marking and using your hand to wipe off the residue, use a brush...namely a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/dusting-brush/\">horsehair brush</a>. If you brush away eraser residue with your hand, you run the risk smearing your work. Not to mention it saves you from accidentally spitting on your work when you blow the eraser residue away.\r\n\r\nWhen you want to build up the tone of your drawing, a workable fixative should be called to action. When you get a <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/fixative/\">workable fixative</a>, you can still work on the area even after it’s been sprayed. It holds the graphite in the area that you have sprayed, allowing you to darken the subject by building tone without you disturbing the initial area.\r\n\r\nYou can’t draw until you have a smooth surface to draw on such as a drawing board. You will need to angle the drawing board towards you to help prevent the distortion that comes when working flat. I have a drawing table that has the option of tilting if need be. I also have a mobile drawing board. I say mobile because a lot of my friends know if they want me to come over, I’m bringing some form of art to work on. I’ve went to a party and sat in the corner and worked on a drawing for a customer. You can tell I’m dedicated to my art.\r\n<h2>Rulers, Circle, Ellipse, and Other Templates</h2>\r\nEver wonder how some artists achieve perfect lines or circles? You may have thought “I can’t be an artist, I can’t even draw a straight line!” Well my friend, don’t fret. There’s a small secret to be learned here; the majority of artists, including myself, use rulers and templates. Templates are <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/circle-template/\">tools with pre-made circles</a> and other shapes to help you achieve the shape that you want. You have different templates that specialize in having different shapes. Some are strictly circles or squares to name a few. You also have ellipse templates that specialize in curves and round objects. Also, you can’t forget about rulers. Not only do they provide a way to graph and measure your subject, but they serve as straight edge templates too.\r\n<h2>Carbon Copy Paper, Projectors, Light Boxes, and Acetate Report Covers</h2>\r\nOK so as I stated in <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/four-drawing-shortcut-techniques-you-will-not-regret-using/\">a previous article</a>, I run the risk of a mob of angry artists burning down my house. To me and them, this is what helps us make our art pieces look accurate and believable. Oh I can draw, don’t get it twisted; but when you have a lot of art that needs to be done for customers and you still need to make time for your personal art projects, you’ll do the things that will cut down your time. I have seen artists draw a basic sketch in like under 2 min. – wish I could move that fast; but since I like to be totally accurate and proficient, I’ll call in the talents of the three named above except the acetate report covers – never used them before but I may purchase some in the near future and try them out. Who knows, I’ll probably do an article on them.\r\n\r\nAnywho, about the other three, using them will shave you some time off in doing the art piece. If someone says that you’re cheating by incorporating the assistance from these three, they’re sadly misinformed. As I stated in the other article, can a doctor perform surgery without his tools? Is that cheating since he’s using tools to cut down surgery time? What about a dentist? Does using tools to help him find cavities or to fix tooth damage or decay qualify as a form of cheating? My thing is it doesn’t matter how you get the picture done, the question is does the public like your art concept? Now go marinate on that for a second.\r\n<h2>Reference Photos</h2>\r\nThe last thing I will talk about briefly is the reference photo. As you can see in the below picture, it’s a picture I took of a close friend of mine. She has modeled for some of my paintings (<a href=\"http://www.carlosreid.com/gallery.html\" target=\"_blank\">Angel Eyes, Expecting</a>) before.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3286\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3286\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-reference-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The Real Photo\" width=\"600\" height=\"492\" /></a> The real photo[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3274\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-3274\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/drawing-materials-drawn-photo.jpg\" alt=\"The drawn photo piece\" width=\"600\" height=\"431\" /></a> The drawn photo piece[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIt’s not necessary but helpful to have some type of reference photo. This will help with accuracy and placement. I know some people who can draw off the top of their head, but I like to be anatomically correct. With that being said, a photo reference with accuracy is necessary in my work. Every artist is different; some will use reference photos and some will use their memory. It really doesn’t matter as long as you and the customers will be satisfied with the end product, no matter what drawing materials or techniques you use.','Drawing Materials for Both the Beginner and the Advanced','','inherit','closed','closed','','2817-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 11:40:50','2016-08-13 18:40:50','',2817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3291,2,'2016-08-13 16:09:47','2016-08-13 23:09:47','If you have ever struggled with drawing a picture of two people hugging, it\'s very understandable. Sometimes it can be hard enough just to get the right positioning for one figure, let alone two. In addition, you have to make sure the two figures you are drawing complement each other in a positive way for the overall picture.\r\n\r\nAnother thing about hugs is they don\'t all look alike. Depending on what kind of a hug you are trying to draw, you may have to tweak your approach.\r\n\r\nIn this post, I want to show you four different ways to draw two people hugging. No matter which pose you use, the best advice I can give you is to sketch out the general shapes of the two figures to get their positioning right with each other.\r\n\r\nIn the examples below, you will see these basic sketched figures rather than completed drawings, because once you get the shape of the figures sketched right, you can always go back and add details to develop the faces, arms, hands, and clothing. I drew these with a soft 4B pencil so they would appear darker for you, but since these figure sketches will serve as guidelines for your final drawing, it\'s best you draw them with a harder graphite pencil for a lighter effect.\r\n\r\nEach method has three basic components for each figure: an oval shape for the head, a rectangular shape with rounded corners for the torso, and the rough outline of the arms and hands.\r\n<h3>Method 1: Hugging from Behind the Back</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1565\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging from behind the back\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>If you are drawing a picture of one person hugging another from behind the back, you are obviously going to have some overlap to deal with, so some of your basic shapes will be missing or hidden. In this example, you can start by drawing the head, body, and arms of the person in front. The torso of the person behind is hidden, so you don\'t need to draw it. It is still important to get the right placement of the head and arms of the person in the back.\r\n\r\nYou can see more overlap with the arms from behind coming to hug the person in the front. Once you get the right placement of the major shapes, just erase any guidelines that will be behind another body part (for example, the guidelines behind the forearms).\r\n<h3>Method 2: Hugging Side by Side</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1568\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-side-by-side-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging side by side\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" />When people hug side by side, as in this example, they are usually sitting side by side and facing the same direction. As opposed to directly facing each other, their bodies are slightly twisted toward one another. There are times when they can do this standing as well.\r\n\r\nFor this sketch, I drew two ovals for the heads that are leaning in to one another and looking forward at the viewer. Each rectangular torso shape is slanted at a slight angle. Then you can draw the arms, one over the other in the front. You won\'t be able to see the arms behind each back.\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3>Method 3: Frontal Hugging Over the Shoulder</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1567\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-over-shoulder-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal over shoulder\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" />Here is a classic position for hugging. This is the first position I usually think of when I think about people hugging each other. Even so, it\'s not the ideal or popular position for portrait drawing, since one person is facing away and the face we can see probably has her eyes closed. Still, it has its place with other types of drawings, so we will take a quick look.\r\n\r\nOnce again, there is major overlap with this hugging position. You will have to use your judgment as to the extent of guidelines you want to use. I find it helpful sometimes, as in this example, to still sketch what is hidden by the arm and torso in the front. This way you can get an idea if the proportions of one person look right in isolation. Don\'t forget to draw heads that are side by side with a slight overlap and facing away from each other. Then draw an over-under positioning of the arms.\r\n<h3>Method 4: Frontal Hugging Face-to-Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1566\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal face to face\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>You might use the positioning of the figures in this sketch to draw a loving, romantic couple. With this type of hug, the bodies are facing each other as in the last example, but the faces themselves are also facing each other. You can also draw the faces so they are both looking at the viewer, which would make this an excellent choice for a portrait drawing.\r\n\r\nIt is up to you whether you want to begin first by sketching the head or torso for each figure. I usually begin by sketching the heads to make sure the sizes and positions of each are the way I want them. If I begin with the bodies and accidentally draw them too far apart, then drawing the heads touching each other might look awkward.\r\n\r\nYou will have to adjust the width and angle of your rectangular torso shapes so they appear to be close to and facing each other. This will make it easier to sketch the arms so they have the natural appearance of wrapping around or resting upon the other person\'s body.\r\n<h3>Countless Other Hugs</h3>\r\nThese four ways to draw people hugging certainly are not the only hugging positions you will encounter. Hopefully though, these examples will show you that it\'s not as hard as it may seem to draw people hugging. It really is only a matter of sketching the basic shapes to get the right size and positioning before moving forward.\r\n\r\nIf you want to get better at drawing people hugging, begin by experimenting with these four methods. Try different attempts and angles until you get something that looks right to you. Then try making tweaks to the positions in your sketches. Look at lots of reference photographs to see the countless other hugging positions you may find yourself sketching someday. Practice sketching as many different positions as you can. Soon you will find it much easier (and more fun) to draw two hugging figures!','Four Easy Methods for Drawing People Hugging','','inherit','closed','closed','','1564-autosave-v1','','','2016-08-13 16:09:47','2016-08-13 23:09:47','',1564,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1564-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3292,2,'2016-08-13 16:07:37','2016-08-13 23:07:37','If you have ever struggled with drawing a picture of two people hugging, it\'s very understandable. Sometimes it can be hard enough just to get the right positioning for one figure, let alone two. In addition, you have to make sure the two figures you are drawing complement each other in a positive way for the overall picture.\r\n\r\nAnother thing about hugs is they don\'t all look alike. Depending on what kind of a hug you are trying to draw, you may have to tweak your approach.\r\n\r\nIn this post, I want to show you four different ways to draw two people hugging. No matter which pose you use, the best advice I can give you is to sketch out the general shapes of the two figures to get their positioning right with each other.\r\n\r\nIn the examples below, you will see these basic sketched figures rather than completed drawings, because once you get the shape of the figures sketched right, you can always go back and add details to develop the faces, arms, hands, and clothing. I drew these with a soft 4B pencil so they would appear darker for you, but since these figure sketches will serve as guidelines for your final drawing, it\'s best you draw them with a harder graphite pencil for a lighter effect.\r\n\r\nEach method has three basic components for each figure: an oval shape for the head, a rectangular shape with rounded corners for the torso, and the rough outline of the arms and hands.\r\n<h3>Method 1: Hugging from Behind the Back</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1565\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging from behind the back\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>If you are drawing a picture of one person hugging another from behind the back, you are obviously going to have some overlap to deal with, so some of your basic shapes will be missing or hidden. In this example, you can start by drawing the head, body, and arms of the person in front. The torso of the person behind is hidden, so you don\'t need to draw it. It is still important to get the right placement of the head and arms of the person in the back.\r\n\r\nYou can see more overlap with the arms from behind coming to hug the person in the front. Once you get the right placement of the major shapes, just erase any guidelines that will be behind another body part (for example, the guidelines behind the forearms).\r\n<h3>Method 2: Hugging Side by Side</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1568\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-side-by-side-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging side by side\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" />When people hug side by side, as in this example, they are usually sitting side by side and facing the same direction. As opposed to directly facing each other, their bodies are slightly twisted toward one another. There are times when they can do this standing as well.\r\n\r\nFor this sketch, I drew two ovals for the heads that are leaning in to one another and looking forward at the viewer. Each rectangular torso shape is slanted at a slight angle. Then you can draw the arms, one over the other in the front. You won\'t be able to see the arms behind each back.\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3>Method 3: Frontal Hugging Over the Shoulder</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1567\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-over-shoulder-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal over shoulder\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" />Here is a classic position for hugging. This is the first position I usually think of when I think about people hugging each other. Even so, it\'s not the ideal or popular position for portrait drawing, since one person is facing away and the face we can see probably has her eyes closed. Still, it has its place with other types of drawings, so we will take a quick look.\r\n\r\nOnce again, there is major overlap with this hugging position. You will have to use your judgment as to the extent of guidelines you want to use. I find it helpful sometimes, as in this example, to still sketch what is hidden by the arm and torso in the front. This way you can get an idea if the proportions of one person look right in isolation. Don\'t forget to draw heads that are side by side with a slight overlap and facing away from each other. Then draw an over-under positioning of the arms.\r\n<h3>Method 4: Frontal Hugging Face-to-Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1566\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal face to face\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>You might use the positioning of the figures in this sketch to draw a loving, romantic couple. With this type of hug, the bodies are facing each other as in the last example, but the faces themselves are also facing each other. You can also draw the faces so they are both looking at the viewer, which would make this an excellent choice for a portrait drawing.\r\n\r\nIt is up to you whether you want to begin first by sketching the head or torso for each figure. I usually begin by sketching the heads to make sure the sizes and positions of each are the way I want them. If I begin with the bodies and accidentally draw them too far apart, then drawing the heads touching each other might look awkward.\r\n\r\nYou will have to adjust the width and angle of your rectangular torso shapes so they appear to be close to and facing each other. This will make it easier to sketch the arms so they have the natural appearance of wrapping around or resting upon the other person\'s body.\r\n<h3>Countless Other Hugs</h3>\r\nThese four ways to draw people hugging certainly are not the only hugging positions you will encounter. Hopefully though, these examples will show you that it\'s not as hard as it may seem to draw people hugging. It really is only a matter of sketching the basic shapes to get the right size and positioning before moving forward.\r\n\r\nIf you want to get better at drawing people hugging, begin by experimenting with these four methods. Try different attempts and angles until you get something that looks right to you. Then try making tweaks to the positions in your sketches. Look at lots of reference photographs to see the countless other hugging positions you may find yourself sketching someday. Practice sketching as many different positions as you can. Soon you will find it much easier (and more fun) to draw two hugging figures!','Four Easy Methods for Drawing People Hugging','','inherit','closed','closed','','1564-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 16:07:37','2016-08-13 23:07:37','',1564,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1564-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3293,2,'2016-08-13 16:08:13','2016-08-13 23:08:13','If you have ever struggled with drawing a picture of two people hugging, it\'s very understandable. Sometimes it can be hard enough just to get the right positioning for one figure, let alone two. In addition, you have to make sure the two figures you are drawing complement each other in a positive way for the overall picture.\r\n\r\nAnother thing about hugs is they don\'t all look alike. Depending on what kind of a hug you are trying to draw, you may have to tweak your approach.\r\n\r\nIn this post, I want to show you four different ways to draw two people hugging. No matter which pose you use, the best advice I can give you is to sketch out the general shapes of the two figures to get their positioning right with each other.\r\n\r\nIn the examples below, you will see these basic sketched figures rather than completed drawings, because once you get the shape of the figures sketched right, you can always go back and add details to develop the faces, arms, hands, and clothing. I drew these with a soft 4B pencil so they would appear darker for you, but since these figure sketches will serve as guidelines for your final drawing, it\'s best you draw them with a harder graphite pencil for a lighter effect.\r\n\r\nEach method has three basic components for each figure: an oval shape for the head, a rectangular shape with rounded corners for the torso, and the rough outline of the arms and hands.\r\n<h3>Method 1: Hugging from Behind the Back</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1565\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-from-behind-the-back-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging from behind the back\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>If you are drawing a picture of one person hugging another from behind the back, you are obviously going to have some overlap to deal with, so some of your basic shapes will be missing or hidden. In this example, you can start by drawing the head, body, and arms of the person in front. The torso of the person behind is hidden, so you don\'t need to draw it. It is still important to get the right placement of the head and arms of the person in the back.\r\n\r\nYou can see more overlap with the arms from behind coming to hug the person in the front. Once you get the right placement of the major shapes, just erase any guidelines that will be behind another body part (for example, the guidelines behind the forearms).\r\n<h3>Method 2: Hugging Side by Side</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1568\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-side-by-side-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging side by side\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" />When people hug side by side, as in this example, they are usually sitting side by side and facing the same direction. As opposed to directly facing each other, their bodies are slightly twisted toward one another. There are times when they can do this standing as well.\r\n\r\nFor this sketch, I drew two ovals for the heads that are leaning in to one another and looking forward at the viewer. Each rectangular torso shape is slanted at a slight angle. Then you can draw the arms, one over the other in the front. You won\'t be able to see the arms behind each back.\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3>Method 3: Frontal Hugging Over the Shoulder</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1567\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-over-shoulder-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal over shoulder\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" />Here is a classic position for hugging. This is the first position I usually think of when I think about people hugging each other. Even so, it\'s not the ideal or popular position for portrait drawing, since one person is facing away and the face we can see probably has her eyes closed. Still, it has its place with other types of drawings, so we will take a quick look.\r\n\r\nOnce again, there is major overlap with this hugging position. You will have to use your judgment as to the extent of guidelines you want to use. I find it helpful sometimes, as in this example, to still sketch what is hidden by the arm and torso in the front. This way you can get an idea if the proportions of one person look right in isolation. Don\'t forget to draw heads that are side by side with a slight overlap and facing away from each other. Then draw an over-under positioning of the arms.\r\n<h3>Method 4: Frontal Hugging Face-to-Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1566\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/how-to-draw-people-hugging-frontal-face-to-face-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw people hugging frontal face to face\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>You might use the positioning of the figures in this sketch to draw a loving, romantic couple. With this type of hug, the bodies are facing each other as in the last example, but the faces themselves are also facing each other. You can also draw the faces so they are both looking at the viewer, which would make this an excellent choice for a portrait drawing.\r\n\r\nIt is up to you whether you want to begin first by sketching the head or torso for each figure. I usually begin by sketching the heads to make sure the sizes and positions of each are the way I want them. If I begin with the bodies and accidentally draw them too far apart, then drawing the heads touching each other might look awkward.\r\n\r\nYou will have to adjust the width and angle of your rectangular torso shapes so they appear to be close to and facing each other. This will make it easier to sketch the arms so they have the natural appearance of wrapping around or resting upon the other person\'s body.\r\n<h3>Countless Other Hugs</h3>\r\nThese four ways to draw people hugging certainly are not the only hugging positions you will encounter. Hopefully though, these examples will show you that it\'s not as hard as it may seem to draw people hugging. It really is only a matter of sketching the basic shapes to get the right size and positioning before moving forward.\r\n\r\nIf you want to get better at drawing people hugging, begin by experimenting with these four methods. Try different attempts and angles until you get something that looks right to you. Then try making tweaks to the positions in your sketches. Look at lots of reference photographs to see the countless other hugging positions you may find yourself sketching someday. Practice sketching as many different positions as you can. Soon you will find it much easier (and more fun) to draw two hugging figures!','Four Easy Methods for Drawing People Hugging','','inherit','closed','closed','','1564-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 16:08:13','2016-08-13 23:08:13','',1564,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1564-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3294,2,'2016-09-10 14:05:22','2016-09-10 21:05:22','What can 16 dissimilar sketches of lips tell you about how to draw lips?\r\n\r\nWell, if you look at each one of the sketches in this article closely enough, it turns out that these lips have a lot to say.\r\n\r\nOne of the best ways to learn how to sketch lips is to carefully study a selection of lips that have already been sketched for you. If you carefully examine enough examples of the end result, you will start to notice some interesting similarities and differences that give you insight into the process leading up to the end result.\r\n\r\nThis article is not the usual step-by-step tutorial on how to sketch a pair of lips or even <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-turn-your-plainly-drawn-lips-into-realistic-lips/\">how to draw lips realistically</a>. The goal of this post is to carefully analyze various sketches of lips. First, we will seek to describe the characteristics of the lips that are present in each sketch. Then, we will move on to compare and contrast those characteristics.\r\n\r\nThe sketches of lips you will find here are of many different styles. The first section looks at the first step of drawing lips (or anything else for that matter) - the initial line drawing. Then you will see how those lips change once they have some shading. Moving on from there, we will look at lip sketches that are rough and simple as well as detailed and thorough. You will notice pencil, pen and ink, and even colored and digital media. We will look at the lips of subtle smiles as well as larger, more open smiles showing teeth. You will also study the lips of a biting mouth as well as the lips of an open mouth.\r\n\r\nBy carefully studying these 16 sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own. This insight will go a long way in showing you how to draw a mouth.\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/take-the-stress-out-of-shading-with-these-pencil-shading-techniques/\">a little shading</a>. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nThis is a sketch of an open mouth where the teeth are biting down on the lower, right side of the lips. It is a pen and ink sketch with lots of crosshatching used for the shading.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhat kind of pertinent characteristics should we gather from this example if we wanted to make a biting lip sketch of our own? First of all, the part of the lower lip that is bitten by the teeth is hidden behind those teeth. More importantly, there should be focus on where the teeth meet the lip. The teeth are pulling the skin of the lower lip, thus causing \"folds\" in the skin. In the drawing above, there are three teeth making contact with the lip. If you examine very closely, you will notice one of these fold lines coming from the center of each of the three teeth. You should also notice fold lines coming from between the teeth.\r\n\r\nOther lip characteristics of this sketch are less about the biting part and more about what should be found in many other lip sketches. The lips consist of lighter tones where the light strikes them and darker tones surrounding the lighter areas and the corners of the mouth where the lips recede. You can also see reflected light along the bottom edge of the top lip.\r\n\r\nThe main thing to remember when making a biting lip sketch is to focus on the location of the bite and include the details on the lower lip that will make the appearance of the bite believable.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Complement Other Parts of an Open Mouth Sketch</h2>\r\nAlthough this appears to be a rough sketch of an open mouth that might be considered an unfinished piece of work, it consists of more than one medium, and the entire piece (not shown in this excerpt) is done in what appears to be a similar, deliberate style by the artist.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAssuming this is a finished piece, the style suggests that the artist was not going for a realistic look. For example, the lips in the sketch have a heavy outline (perhaps in ink) that are not characteristic of natural-looking lips.\r\n\r\nEven so, you can tell that the artist strived to include some three-dimensional elements on the lips themselves. There are two carefully placed highlights on the top lip and two more on the bottom. These highlights, along with the darker tones receding from the front of the lips to the corners of the mouth, help to convey the appearance of form and roundness in the lips.\r\n\r\nSo how does this three-dimensional feel of the lips complement the rest of the mouth sketch? It gives the sense that the lips are protruding forward, as they should if a mouth is opened wide. The lack of detail in the tongue and other more distant parts of the inside of the mouth help the lips to \"stick out\" even more (that is, become more noticeable).\r\n<h2>What Can We Learn from These Sketches of Lips?</h2>\r\nThere is no question that there are many different ways to sketch lips. That is pretty obvious from what you have read and seen in this article. Just to recap some of the lip sketches we have studied, let\'s look at them one more time. Below is a collection of the 16 lip sketches, grouped all together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nSo what can be learned by comparing and contrasting these lips? How can we then apply or exclude details in our future sketches of lips?\r\n\r\nFirst, we will take a look at a few commonalities. Consider these similarities as tips you should keep in mind when you sketch lips of your own:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Always look for areas of highlight in the lips you sketch</span></strong>. In each of the sketches above, the highlighted areas of lips are a significant part of what gives the lips form and makes them appear more realistic. There seems to always be a highlighted area on the bottom lip. Almost always, and usually less significantly, there is a highlighted area on the top lip.</li>\r\n 	<li><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Think carefully about where darker tones should be placed</span></strong>. The darker tones should complement the highlights. These darker tones and the highlights are separated by a gradual transition of shading. In each sketch, the darker tones can be found along the corners of the mouth and the center of the mouth where the two lips meet.</li>\r\n 	<li><b><u>Draw the outline for the lips in the same manner that they appear in real life</u></b>. Each example we looked at has a general shape for the top and bottom lip that you are likely to find when looking at the lips of everyday people. All the lips have a natural, rounded curve along the bottom. With the small exception of the digital example, every lip sketch has the little dip along the top ridge directly below the nose.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, for a few noticeable differences between some of the sketches. You should also consider these differences as tips, but instead of including or excluding them in every drawing, you should consider whether or not you want to include them for each drawing on a case-by-case basis.\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>Not every sketch of lips has or needs reflected light</strong></span><strong>.</strong> In the first two sections of this article, every lip sketch has reflected light along the bottom edge of the lower lip. Some of the later examples are missing this reflected light. This can be based either on a matter of preference or simply a lack of its noticeable presence on the reference subject.</li>\r\n 	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>Vertical lines or no vertical lines</strong></span><strong>?</strong> In some of the sketches, the vertical lines that are present in real-life lips are obvious in the sketches. In a few of the other sketches, the vertical lines cannot really be seen or are subtle and more implied. Again, either can be acceptable depending on your reference, since these lines are sometimes more noticeable and other times less noticeable on the reference subject.</li>\r\n 	<li><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Some sketches have details between and around the lips that enhance the sketch</span>.</strong> Some of the sketches we viewed intentionally focused solely on the lips themselves. There were no surrounding skin tones or detail beyond the outer border of the lips. In these sketches, the lips were also closed. The other sketches showed the surrounding skin as an extension of the lips and mouth in general. This allowed the artists to add details that enhanced their drawings. For example, smile lines in the corners of the mouth add to the character and likeness of the subject. The same goes for those sketches that displayed opened mouths. Visible teeth and a visible portion of the tongue could complement a sketch that might seem more bland if it were just lips alone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nBottom line, if you want to get better at drawing or sketching lips, take the time to closely study, compare, and contrast a variety of sketches of lips drawn by other artists. If you want to learn how to draw a mouth, looking at a multitude of examples and deciding what works in different styles and situations will do wonders for your artwork as you complete more and more sketches and drawings of your own.','How These 16 Very Different Sketches of Lips Can Help You Draw Them','','publish','open','open','','how-these-16-very-different-sketches-of-lips-can-help-you-draw-them','','','2016-09-11 16:37:37','2016-09-11 23:37:37','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=3294',0,'post','',0),(3295,2,'2016-08-13 17:22:02','2016-08-14 00:22:02','The first thing I want to talk about is a sketch of lips, a simple sketch. With this sketch, we will note some common characteristics of lips that can be seen throughout many of the sketches within this post.\r\n\r\nFirst of course is the line along','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-13 17:22:02','2016-08-14 00:22:02','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3296,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:48','2016-08-18 02:27:48','','sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01','','','2016-08-17 19:27:48','2016-08-18 02:27:48','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3297,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:50','2016-08-18 02:27:50','','sketches of lips lip shading 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01','','','2016-08-17 19:27:50','2016-08-18 02:27:50','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3298,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:52','2016-08-18 02:27:52','','sketches of lips lip shading 02','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02','','','2016-08-17 19:27:52','2016-08-18 02:27:52','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3299,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:54','2016-08-18 02:27:54','','sketches of lips lip shading 03','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03','','','2016-08-17 19:27:54','2016-08-18 02:27:54','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3300,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:57','2016-08-18 02:27:57','','sketches of lips lip shading 04','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04','','','2016-08-17 19:27:57','2016-08-18 02:27:57','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3301,2,'2016-08-17 19:27:59','2016-08-18 02:27:59','','sketches of lips lip shading 05','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05','','','2016-08-17 19:27:59','2016-08-18 02:27:59','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3302,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:01','2016-08-18 02:28:01','','sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01','','','2016-08-17 19:28:01','2016-08-18 02:28:01','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3303,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:03','2016-08-18 02:28:03','','sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01','','','2016-08-17 19:28:03','2016-08-18 02:28:03','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3304,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:05','2016-08-18 02:28:05','','sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02','','','2016-08-17 19:28:05','2016-08-18 02:28:05','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3305,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:06','2016-08-18 02:28:06','','sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03','','','2016-08-17 19:28:06','2016-08-18 02:28:06','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3306,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:07','2016-08-18 02:28:07','','sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04','','','2016-08-17 19:28:07','2016-08-18 02:28:07','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3307,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:09','2016-08-18 02:28:09','','sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01','','','2016-08-17 19:28:09','2016-08-18 02:28:09','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3308,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:11','2016-08-18 02:28:11','','sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02','','','2016-08-17 19:28:11','2016-08-18 02:28:11','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3309,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:12','2016-08-18 02:28:12','','sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03','','','2016-08-17 19:28:12','2016-08-18 02:28:12','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3310,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:14','2016-08-18 02:28:14','','sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01','','','2016-08-17 19:28:14','2016-08-18 02:28:14','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3311,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:16','2016-08-18 02:28:16','','sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02','','','2016-08-17 19:28:16','2016-08-18 02:28:16','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3312,2,'2016-08-17 19:28:18','2016-08-18 02:28:18','','sketches of lips','','inherit','open','closed','','sketches-of-lips','','','2016-08-17 19:28:18','2016-08-18 02:28:18','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3313,2,'2016-08-17 19:45:15','2016-08-18 02:45:15','The first thing I want to talk about is a sketch of lips, a simple sketch. With this sketch, we will note some common characteristics of lips that can be seen throughout many of the sketches within this post.\r\n\r\nFirst of course is the line along\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsimple lips drawing\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading</span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsketch of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nconclusion\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-17 19:45:15','2016-08-18 02:45:15','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3314,2,'2016-08-17 20:24:38','2016-08-18 03:24:38','The first thing I want to talk about is a sketch of lips, a simple sketch. With this sketch, we will note some common characteristics of lips that can be seen throughout many of the sketches within this post.\r\n\r\nFirst of course is the line along\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw lips. will analyze various sketches of lips by describing their characteristics and comparing and contrasting those characteristics.\r\n<h2>simple lips drawing</h2>\r\nintro -\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips</span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\ntwo very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nconclusion\r\n\r\nsketches of lips\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-17 20:24:38','2016-08-18 03:24:38','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3315,2,'2016-08-17 20:36:51','2016-08-18 03:36:51','The first thing I want to talk about is a sketch of lips, a simple sketch. With this sketch, we will note some common characteristics of lips that can be seen throughout many of the sketches within this post.\r\n\r\nFirst of course is the line along\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw lips. will analyze various sketches of lips by describing their characteristics and comparing and contrasting those characteristics.\r\n<h2>simple lips drawing</h2>\r\nintro - simple lips drawing\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the outer border of the lips of a person turner slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips</span>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\ntwo very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nconclusion\r\n\r\nsketches of lips\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-17 20:36:51','2016-08-18 03:36:51','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3316,2,'2016-08-18 04:48:38','2016-08-18 11:48:38','The first thing I want to talk about is a sketch of lips, a simple sketch. With this sketch, we will note some common characteristics of lips that can be seen throughout many of the sketches within this post.\r\n\r\nFirst of course is the line along\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by describing their characteristics and comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>simple lips drawing</h2>\r\nintro - simple lips drawing; the following pictures are line drawings before any tones are added for shading.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the outer border of the lips of a person turner slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips; </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">intro - tones not blended with a tortillion; each lip shading will have the corresponding lip line drawing from the previous section for comparison purposes</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-18 04:48:38','2016-08-18 11:48:38','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3317,2,'2016-08-18 05:00:44','2016-08-18 12:00:44','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nintro - simple lips drawing; the following pictures are line drawings before any tones are added for shading.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the outer border of the lips of a person turner slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - simple lips drawing\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips; </span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">intro - tones not blended with a tortillion; each lip shading will have the corresponding lip line drawing from the previous section for comparison purposes</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - lip shading\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-18 05:00:44','2016-08-18 12:00:44','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3319,2,'2016-08-23 05:55:52','2016-08-23 12:55:52','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually a line drawing before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips; </span></h2>\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">intro - tones not blended with a tortillion; each lip shading will have the corresponding lip line drawing from the previous section for comparison purposes</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - lip shading\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-23 05:55:52','2016-08-23 12:55:52','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3320,2,'2016-08-23 05:59:51','2016-08-23 12:59:51','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">lip shading - sketches of lips; </span></h2>\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">intro - tones not blended with a tortillion; each lip shading will have the corresponding lip line drawing from the previous section for comparison purposes</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - lip shading\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-23 05:59:51','2016-08-23 12:59:51','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3321,2,'2016-08-24 05:09:38','2016-08-24 12:09:38','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\ntxt\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\ntxt\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\ntxt\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - lip shading\r\n\r\nsmiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-24 05:09:38','2016-08-24 12:09:38','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3322,2,'2016-08-24 21:11:13','2016-08-25 04:11:13','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>smiling lips sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-24 21:11:13','2016-08-25 04:11:13','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3323,2,'2016-08-29 20:14:24','2016-08-30 03:14:24','&nbsp;\r\n\r\nsketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>smiling lips sketch</h2>\r\nintro - previous examples focused on the lips themselves. much of what creates perception of smile in a drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than the lips themselves\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3309\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch\r\n\r\nsmiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n\r\nbiting lip sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n\r\nopen mouth sketch\r\n\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n\r\nsketch of lips - sketches of lips\r\n\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-29 20:14:24','2016-08-30 03:14:24','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3325,2,'2016-08-30 06:06:39','2016-08-30 13:06:39','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>smiling mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n<h2>biting lip sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n<h2>open mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-30 06:06:39','2016-08-30 13:06:39','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3324,2,'2016-08-30 06:05:08','2016-08-30 13:05:08','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling lips sketch; different subjects and faces have different charactersitics: dimples, vertical cheek lines in corners of mouth, sunken in cheeks\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>smiling mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro - two very different sketches of lips\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - smiling mouth sketch\r\n<h2>biting lip sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n<h2>open mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\npic #2\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-30 06:05:08','2016-08-30 13:05:08','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3327,2,'2016-08-31 05:47:30','2016-08-31 12:47:30','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n<h2>open mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-31 05:47:30','2016-08-31 12:47:30','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3328,2,'2016-08-31 05:50:09','2016-08-31 12:50:09','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nintro 225 wds per section 75 wds per paragraph\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - biting lip sketch\r\n<h2>open mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-08-31 05:50:09','2016-08-31 12:50:09','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3329,2,'2016-09-02 05:50:36','2016-09-02 12:50:36','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nThis is a sketch of an open mouth where the teeth are biting down on the lower, right side of the lips. It is a pen and ink sketch with lots of crosshatching used for the shading.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhat kind of pertinent characteristics should we gather from this example if we wanted to make a biting lip sketch of our own? First of all, the part of the lower lip that is bitten by the teeth is hidden behind those teeth. More importantly, there should be focus on where the teeth meet the lip. The teeth are pulling the skin of the lower lip, thus causing \"folds\" in the skin. In the drawing above, there are three teeth making contact with the lip. If you examine very closely, you will notice one of these fold lines coming from the center of each of the three teeth. You should also notice fold lines coming from between the teeth.\r\n\r\nOther lip characteristics of this sketch are less about the biting part and more about what should be found in many other lip sketches. The lips consist of lighter tones where the light strikes them and darker tones surrounding the lighter areas and the corners of the mouth where the lips recede. You can also see reflected light along the bottom edge of the top lip.\r\n\r\nThe main thing to remember when making a biting lip sketch is to focus on the location of the bite and include the details on the lower lip that will make the appearance of the bite believable.\r\n<h2>open mouth sketch</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - open mouth sketch\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro (+edit pic below by adding two new sketches)\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-09-02 05:50:36','2016-09-02 12:50:36','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3330,2,'2016-09-06 20:28:21','2016-09-07 03:28:21','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nThis is a sketch of an open mouth where the teeth are biting down on the lower, right side of the lips. It is a pen and ink sketch with lots of crosshatching used for the shading.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhat kind of pertinent characteristics should we gather from this example if we wanted to make a biting lip sketch of our own? First of all, the part of the lower lip that is bitten by the teeth is hidden behind those teeth. More importantly, there should be focus on where the teeth meet the lip. The teeth are pulling the skin of the lower lip, thus causing \"folds\" in the skin. In the drawing above, there are three teeth making contact with the lip. If you examine very closely, you will notice one of these fold lines coming from the center of each of the three teeth. You should also notice fold lines coming from between the teeth.\r\n\r\nOther lip characteristics of this sketch are less about the biting part and more about what should be found in many other lip sketches. The lips consist of lighter tones where the light strikes them and darker tones surrounding the lighter areas and the corners of the mouth where the lips recede. You can also see reflected light along the bottom edge of the top lip.\r\n\r\nThe main thing to remember when making a biting lip sketch is to focus on the location of the bite and include the details on the lower lip that will make the appearance of the bite believable.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Complement Other Parts of an Open Mouth Sketch</h2>\r\nAlthough this appears to be a rough sketch of an open mouth that might be considered an unfinished piece of work, it consists of more than one medium, and the entire piece (not shown in this excerpt) is done in what appears to be a similar, deliberate style by the artist.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAssuming this is a finished piece, the style suggests that the artist was not going for a realistic look. For example, the lips in the sketch have a heavy outline (perhaps in ink) that are not characteristic of natural-looking lips.\r\n\r\nEven so, you can tell that the artist strived to include some three-dimensional elements on the lips themselves. There are two carefully placed highlights on the top lip and two more on the bottom. These highlights, along with the darker tones receding from the front of the lips to the corners of the mouth, help to convey the appearance of form and roundness in the lips.\r\n\r\nSo how does this three-dimensional feel of the lips complement the rest of the mouth sketch? It gives the sense that the lips are protruding forward, as they should if a mouth is opened wide. The lack of detail in the tongue and other more distant parts of the inside of the mouth help the lips to \"stick out\" even more (that is, become more noticeable).\r\n<h2>sketch of lips - sketches of lips</h2>\r\nintro\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-09-06 20:28:21','2016-09-07 03:28:21','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3332,2,'2016-09-07 05:49:49','2016-09-07 12:49:49','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nThis is a sketch of an open mouth where the teeth are biting down on the lower, right side of the lips. It is a pen and ink sketch with lots of crosshatching used for the shading.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhat kind of pertinent characteristics should we gather from this example if we wanted to make a biting lip sketch of our own? First of all, the part of the lower lip that is bitten by the teeth is hidden behind those teeth. More importantly, there should be focus on where the teeth meet the lip. The teeth are pulling the skin of the lower lip, thus causing \"folds\" in the skin. In the drawing above, there are three teeth making contact with the lip. If you examine very closely, you will notice one of these fold lines coming from the center of each of the three teeth. You should also notice fold lines coming from between the teeth.\r\n\r\nOther lip characteristics of this sketch are less about the biting part and more about what should be found in many other lip sketches. The lips consist of lighter tones where the light strikes them and darker tones surrounding the lighter areas and the corners of the mouth where the lips recede. You can also see reflected light along the bottom edge of the top lip.\r\n\r\nThe main thing to remember when making a biting lip sketch is to focus on the location of the bite and include the details on the lower lip that will make the appearance of the bite believable.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Complement Other Parts of an Open Mouth Sketch</h2>\r\nAlthough this appears to be a rough sketch of an open mouth that might be considered an unfinished piece of work, it consists of more than one medium, and the entire piece (not shown in this excerpt) is done in what appears to be a similar, deliberate style by the artist.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAssuming this is a finished piece, the style suggests that the artist was not going for a realistic look. For example, the lips in the sketch have a heavy outline (perhaps in ink) that are not characteristic of natural-looking lips.\r\n\r\nEven so, you can tell that the artist strived to include some three-dimensional elements on the lips themselves. There are two carefully placed highlights on the top lip and two more on the bottom. These highlights, along with the darker tones receding from the front of the lips to the corners of the mouth, help to convey the appearance of form and roundness in the lips.\r\n\r\nSo how does this three-dimensional feel of the lips complement the rest of the mouth sketch? It gives the sense that the lips are protruding forward, as they should if a mouth is opened wide. The lack of detail in the tongue and other more distant parts of the inside of the mouth help the lips to \"stick out\" even more (that is, become more noticeable).\r\n<h2>What Can We Learn from These Sketches of Lips?</h2>\r\nintro; variety; realistic traits even among the differences; for example, vertical lines and no lines\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','Lip Study: Sketches of Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-09-07 05:49:49','2016-09-07 12:49:49','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3333,2,'2016-09-07 20:33:14','2016-09-08 03:33:14','sketches of lips - hook intro\r\n\r\nnot a step-by-step tutorial on how to draw a mouth. will analyze various sketches of lips by first describing their characteristics and then comparing and contrasting those characteristics. by carefully studying this sketches, you should get some insight as to what you want or don\'t want to do when you sketch lips of your own\r\n<h2>How a Simple Lips Drawing Might Look Before It Has Shading</h2>\r\nTo start things off, we will look at four examples of drawings of simple lips. Each simple lips drawing that follows is actually <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/are-you-a-lazy-artist-if-you-just-make-line-drawing-portraits/\">a line drawing</a> before any tones are added for shading. Look for what each lip line drawing has in common with the others and what is different about each one.\r\n\r\nIn this first very simple drawing, you can see a rough outline of the lips of a person turned slightly to the right. There is a little indication of the white border that traces the upper lip. There is also an indication of shadow under the lower lip. This lip sketch has the vertical lines that are characteristic of lips in real life but often missing in many drawn lips. Additionally, you can see some oval-shaped areas that help place highlights on the lips.\r\n\r\n<span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3303\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"350\" /></a></span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis pair of lips belongs to a mouth that is facing forward and slightly open. As in the previous example, it shows the vertical lines, but in this case the lines are more subtle and only on the bottom lip where they are more prominent. There are two highlight spots on the lower lip. The line along the upper lip helps to signify a darker shadowy area where the lip curves inward.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3304\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere we have another pair of lips belonging to a forward-facing mouth, but in this case the lips are closed. There are a few indications of the lips\' vertical lines on the top and bottom lip. Notice again in this lip line drawing that highlights and shadow areas are carefully placed to prepare for shading later on.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3305\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe sketch below is of a pair of lips belonging to a face that is looking slightly downward. For this reason, the top lip looks a bit more pronounced than the bottom lip. This lip sketch includes details placed in the corners of the mouth, which add to any expression (however little) the mouth may be giving.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3306\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-simple-lips-drawing-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips simple lips drawing 04\" width=\"600\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLet\'s now consider the four drawings we just saw in this section and see how they are alike. Since all four drawings are line drawings, they are at the beginning stages of a final piece of work. Each line drawing has careful placement of lip highlights on the bottom lip and shadow under the bottom lip.\r\n\r\nAs for differences, some have highlights on the top lip while others have shadow along the top lip. While each lip drawing has the vertical lines characteristic of all lips in real life, you will have to judge for yourself if it\'s best to go with more detail or take the \"less is more\" approach and just subtly indicate them, as in the second example.\r\n<h2><span style=\"line-height: 1.5;\">Lip Shading Characteristics</span></h2>\r\nNow let\'s take our simple sketches of lips from the last section and examine what they might look like with a little shading. For the most part, these rough sketches have graphite tones applied for shading that are not blended with a tortillion. Each lip shading example below will have the corresponding lip line drawing for comparison purposes.\r\n\r\nThe first example has some evidence of crosshatching, especially along a small part of the top lip and under the bottom lip. Notice how the tones are applied carefully around the highlighted areas to preserve them. There are darker tones where the lips meet, at the corners, and just under the bottom lip\'s reflected light.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3297\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 01\" width=\"1401\" height=\"392\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRemember how in the second example there was a guideline drawn for a shadow along the top lip? You can see below how that area is now filled in with darker tones. The lower lip is also darker along the bottom, below the highlights. Again, notice the reflected light along the edge of the lower lip. The shading for this sketch could be characterized as more hatching than crosshatching.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3298\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 02\" width=\"1405\" height=\"405\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nVertical lip lines are preserved in this example without being too harsh or prominent. There are also a range of values present. Most of the lips\' surface area has a midtone value, while the highlights remain white and the corners have darker shadow areas.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3299\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 03\" width=\"1410\" height=\"426\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis example has a similar base value of shading for the lips and the skin surrounding the lips. Since these lips are viewed slightly from above (since the face is tilted downward), there are some darker tones along the lower part of each lip and under the bottom lip. Darker tones also exist to better portray the medial cleft between the nose and upper lip (also known as the philtrum).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3300\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-04.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 04\" width=\"1410\" height=\"414\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis final example does not have a line drawing preview like the others in this section, but I thought it still deserved some attention for some interesting lip shading characteristics. The graphite tones are also more blended together here.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3301\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-lip-shading-05.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips lip shading 05\" width=\"600\" height=\"327\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe above sketch shows the lips slightly darker than the surrounding skin and the top lip slightly darker than the bottom. A good reason for this is that the bottom lip has more highlighted area. I also find it noteworthy that the highlight is broken up at various spots by the vertical lip lines, some soft lines and some sharper lines, for a more natural look.\r\n\r\nAs you see from the last few lip sketches, lips can be shaded a number of ways. Tones can be applied with hatching, crosshatching, or blended together. You should always preserve highlights by making darker tones around them, and you should keep the vertical lines of the lips implied on some level.\r\n<h2>What Can Enhance a Subtle Smiling Lips Sketch</h2>\r\nHow can you pull off a sketch of smiling lips when the lips are not smiling a big smile? What if the smile is only a subtle smirk? The examples in the previous sections focused on only the lips. However, what creates the perception of a smile in a sketch or drawing is as much in the skin surrounding the lips than in the lips themselves. Now let\'s look at three sketches of smiling lips and the characteristic details found around the lips that help us to better notice the smile.\r\n\r\nThis first sketch is a very rough line drawing sketch. It is of a subtly smiling mouth that is turned in a profile view. It has hatching lines to indicate shading on and around the lips. The lines on the skin directly above and below the lips help to give form to the protrusion of the lips. Look in the corner of the mouth, and you can see the dark line that serves as a fold in the skin when the cheek is just beginning to help form a smile.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3307\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"403\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThis next example is much more detailed than the previous line sketch. Still, there are some commonalities. The crosshatch shading above the top lip helps to form the three-dimensional appearance of this part of the mouth, including the philtrum. The shading below the bottom lip helps to distinguish the space between the bottom lip and the chin. The difference in angles between the lines on the corners of the mouth, along with the dimple on the man\'s left cheek, tell us that the man is smirking more on the left side of his face than the right side.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3308\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"325\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHere is another piece of work that is on the more detailed side of lip sketches. Even though this drawing does not have the vertical lines on the corners of the mouth that are noticeable in the previous two examples, you can still tell there is a slight smile with the subject. How so? Look at how the crosshatch shading implies sunken-in cheeks. Darker areas on either side of the mouth that do not touch the mouth help to achieve this appearance.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_3309\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-3309 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-lips-sketch-03.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling lips sketch 03\" width=\"600\" height=\"400\" /></a> <center><b> © <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/guernica_info\">Safa Sami</a> | <a href=\"https://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></b></center>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWith these three examples, we learned that a smiling lips sketch can have more than just the details on the lips themselves to better portray that the lips are actually smiling. Just as important are the details on the areas of the face immediately surrounding the lips. Different subjects\' faces have different characteristics. Some people smile with dimples, some have sunken in cheeks when they smile, and everyone has variations in cheek lines that form in the corners of their mouths when they smile. Keeping these traits in mind when you sketch smiling lips will help to better enhance your sketches, too.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Look on a Smiling Mouth Sketch Showing Teeth</h2>\r\nNext, we will take a look at two very different sketches of lips. Unlike the sketches in the last section, these lips are part of less subtle, more obvious smiles that also show the teeth.\r\n\r\nThis sketch is another rough line drawing sketch. It is a picture of a noticeable smile, viewed from the front. Since this is a much more noticeable smile than the smiles from the last section, you can see a sizeable portion of the subject\'s teeth. There are some characteristics surrounding the lips that we noticed before as well, such as the cheek lines at the corners of the lips and shading to show protrusion of the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3310\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"282\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLooking at the lips themselves, this line sketch has what resembles vertical hatch lines to indicate shading. There are fewer lines in the front, especially on the bottom lip where you can expect some highlighting. There are more lines near the corners, where the lips curve around the face and retreat toward the back.\r\n\r\nThis next mouth sketch is certainly not your traditional sketch by any means. You can tell it was created with the assistance of some sort of digital means. Possibly due to the type of software used and its capabilities, there is a slightly unnatural shape to the overall mouth, especially the way the top lip curves downward in the middle and how the corners curve upward. Nevertheless, there is some interesting shading going on that enhances the appearance of the lips and the overall mouth.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3311\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-smiling-mouth-sketch-02.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips smiling mouth sketch 02\" width=\"600\" height=\"434\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLook first at the lower lip and the range of values present. The values are much darker along the edges. Then there are some midtone values between the edges and the highlight in the middle.\r\n\r\nSecondly, the creator of this sketch remembered something very important for a smiling mouth sketch that shows teeth. The lips cast a small shadow upon the teeth. You can see this shadow along the upper portions of the top teeth, the lower portions of the bottom teeth, and more shadow values present in the teeth that are farther back. This crucial detail was missing from the first, simpler example. The artist also remembered the dark shadow tones that the teeth should cast upon the tongue.\r\n<h2>A Close Examination of a Biting Lip Sketch</h2>\r\nThis is a sketch of an open mouth where the teeth are biting down on the lower, right side of the lips. It is a pen and ink sketch with lots of crosshatching used for the shading.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-biting-lip-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips biting lip sketch 01\" width=\"600\" height=\"415\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhat kind of pertinent characteristics should we gather from this example if we wanted to make a biting lip sketch of our own? First of all, the part of the lower lip that is bitten by the teeth is hidden behind those teeth. More importantly, there should be focus on where the teeth meet the lip. The teeth are pulling the skin of the lower lip, thus causing \"folds\" in the skin. In the drawing above, there are three teeth making contact with the lip. If you examine very closely, you will notice one of these fold lines coming from the center of each of the three teeth. You should also notice fold lines coming from between the teeth.\r\n\r\nOther lip characteristics of this sketch are less about the biting part and more about what should be found in many other lip sketches. The lips consist of lighter tones where the light strikes them and darker tones surrounding the lighter areas and the corners of the mouth where the lips recede. You can also see reflected light along the bottom edge of the top lip.\r\n\r\nThe main thing to remember when making a biting lip sketch is to focus on the location of the bite and include the details on the lower lip that will make the appearance of the bite believable.\r\n<h2>How Lips Can Complement Other Parts of an Open Mouth Sketch</h2>\r\nAlthough this appears to be a rough sketch of an open mouth that might be considered an unfinished piece of work, it consists of more than one medium, and the entire piece (not shown in this excerpt) is done in what appears to be a similar, deliberate style by the artist.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3302\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips-open-mouth-sketch-01.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips open mouth sketch 01\" width=\"665\" height=\"565\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAssuming this is a finished piece, the style suggests that the artist was not going for a realistic look. For example, the lips in the sketch have a heavy outline (perhaps in ink) that are not characteristic of natural-looking lips.\r\n\r\nEven so, you can tell that the artist strived to include some three-dimensional elements on the lips themselves. There are two carefully placed highlights on the top lip and two more on the bottom. These highlights, along with the darker tones receding from the front of the lips to the corners of the mouth, help to convey the appearance of form and roundness in the lips.\r\n\r\nSo how does this three-dimensional feel of the lips complement the rest of the mouth sketch? It gives the sense that the lips are protruding forward, as they should if a mouth is opened wide. The lack of detail in the tongue and other more distant parts of the inside of the mouth help the lips to \"stick out\" even more (that is, become more noticeable).\r\n<h2>What Can We Learn from These Sketches of Lips?</h2>\r\nintro; variety; realistic traits even among the differences; for example, vertical lines and no lines\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3312\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/sketches-of-lips.jpg\" alt=\"sketches of lips\" width=\"1600\" height=\"751\" /></a>\r\n\r\nclosing - compare and contrast - sketch of lips\r\n\r\nconclusion - sketches of lips','How These Very Different Sketches of Lips Can Help You Draw Lips','','inherit','closed','closed','','3294-revision-v1','','','2016-09-07 20:33:14','2016-09-08 03:33:14','',3294,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3294-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),